WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 1

STUDY OF BASICS IN ANSYS

Ex No 01

Date

Aim

To study about the basic procedure to perform the analysis in ANSYS

Performing a Typical ANSYS Analysis

The ANSYS program has many finite element analysis capabilities ranging from a simple

linear static analysis to a complex nonlinear transient dynamic analysis The analysis guide

manuals in the ANSYS documentation set describe specific procedures for performing analyses for

different engineering disciplines The next few sections of this chapter cover general steps that are

common to most analyses

A typical ANSYS analysis has three distinct steps

Build the model

Apply loads and obtain the solution

Review the results

Build the model

1 Defining the Jobname

The jobname is a name that identifies the ANSYS job When you define a jobname for an

analysis the jobname becomes the first part of the name of all files the analysis creates (The

extension or suffix for these files names is a file identifier such as DB) By using a jobname for

each analysis you ensure that no files are overwritten

2 Defining an Analysis Title

The TITLE command (Utility Menugt Filegt Change Title) defines a title for the analysis

ANSYS includes the title on all graphics displays and on the solution output You can issue the

STITLE command to add subtitles these will appear in the output but not in graphics displays

3 Defining Units

The ANSYS program does not assume a system of units for your analysis Except in

magnetic field analyses you can use any system of units so long as you make sure that you use

that system for all the data you enter (Units must be consistent for all input data)

4 Defining Element Types

The ANSYS element library contains more than 150 different element types Each element

type has a unique number and a prefix that identifies the element category BEAM4 PLANE77

SOLID96 etc The following element categories are available

BEAM

CIRCUit

MESH

Multi-Point Constraint

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 2

COMBINation

CONTACt

FLUID

HF (High Frequency)

HYPERelastic

INFINite

INTERface

LINK

MASS

MATRIX

PIPE

PLANE

PRETS (Pretension)

SHELL

SOLID

SOURCe

SURFace

TARGEt

TRANSducer

USER

VISCOelastic (or viscoplastic)

The element type determines among other things

The degree-of-freedom set (which in turn implies the discipline - structural thermal

magnetic electric quadrilateral brick etc)

Whether the element lies in 2-D or 3-D space

5 Defining Element Real Constants

Element real constants are properties that depend on the element type such as cross-

sectional properties of a beam element For example real constants for BEAM3 the 2-D beam

element are area (AREA) moment of inertia (IZZ) height (HEIGHT) shear deflection constant

(SHEARZ) initial strain (ISTRN) and added mass per unit length (ADDMAS) Not all element

types require real constants and different elements of the same type may have different real

constant values

6 Defining Material Properties

Most element types require material properties Depending on the application material

properties can be linear (see Linear Material Properties) or nonlinear (see Nonlinear Material

Properties)

As with element types and real constants each set of material properties has a material

reference number The table of material reference numbers versus material property sets is called

the material table Within one analysis you may have multiple material property sets (to

correspond with multiple materials used in the model) ANSYS identifies each set with a unique

reference number

7 Creating the Model Geometry

Once you have defined material properties the next step in an analysis is generating a finite

element model - nodes and elements - that adequately describes the model geometry The graphic

below shows some sample finite element models

There are two methods to create the finite element model solid modeling and direct

generation With solid modeling you describe the geometric shape of your model then instruct the

ANSYS program to automatically mesh the geometry with nodes and elements You can control

the size and shape in the elements that the program creates With direct generation you manually

define the location of each node and the connectivity of each element Several convenience

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 3

operations such as copying patterns of existing nodes and elements symmetry reflection etc are

available

Sample Finite Element Models

Apply Loads and Obtain the Solution

In this step you use the SOLUTION processor to define the analysis type and analysis

options apply loads specify load step options and initiate the finite element solution You also

can apply loads using the PREP7 preprocessor

1 Defining the Analysis Type and Analysis Options

You choose the analysis type based on the loading conditions and the response you wish to

calculate For example if natural frequencies and mode shapes are to be calculated you would

choose a modal analysis You can perform the following analysis types in the ANSYS program

static (or steady-state) transient harmonic modal spectrum buckling and substructuring

Not all analysis types are valid for all disciplines Modal analysis for example is not valid

for a thermal model The analysis guide manuals in the ANSYS documentation set describe the

analysis types available for each discipline and the procedures to do those analyses

Analysis options allow you to customize the analysis type Typical analysis options are the

method of solution stress stiffening on or off and Newton-Raphson options

2 Applying Loads

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 4

The word loads as used in ANSYS documentation includes boundary conditions (constraints

supports or boundary field specifications) as well as other externally and internally applied loads

Loads in the ANSYS program are divided into six categories

DOF Constraints

Forces

Surface Loads

Body Loads

Inertia Loads

Coupled-field Loads

You can apply most of these loads either on the solid model (keypoints lines and areas) or

the finite element model (nodes and elements)

3 Specifying Load Step Options

Load step options are options that you can change from load step to load step such as

number of substeps time at the end of a load step and output controls Depending on the type of

analysis you are doing load step options may or may not be required The analysis procedures in

the analysis guide manuals describe the appropriate load step options as necessary

4 Initiating the Solution

To initiate solution calculations use either of the following

Command(s) SOLVE

GUI Main Menugt Solutiongt Solvegt Current LS

Main Menugt Solutiongt solution_method

When you issue this command the ANSYS program takes model and loading information from

the database and calculates the results Results are written to the results file (JobnameRST

JobnameRTH JobnameRMG or JobnameRFL) and also to the database The only difference is

that only one set of results can reside in the database at one time while you can write all sets of

results (for all substeps) to the results file

Review the Results

Once the solution has been calculated you can use the ANSYS postprocessors to review

the results Two postprocessors are available POST1 and POST26

You use POST1 the general postprocessor to review results at one substep (time step) over the

entire model or selected portion of the model The command to enter POST1 is POST1 (Main

Menugt General Postproc) valid only at the Begin level You can obtain contour displays

deformed shapes and tabular listings to review and interpret the results of the analysis POST1

offers many other capabilities including error estimation load case combinations calculations

among results data and path operations

You use POST26 the time history postprocessor to review results at specific points in the

model over all time steps The command to enter POST26 is POST26 (Main Menugt TimeHist

Postpro) valid only at the Begin level You can obtain graph plots of results data versus time (or

frequency) and tabular listings Other POST26 capabilities include arithmetic calculations and

complex algebra

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 3

operations such as copying patterns of existing nodes and elements symmetry reflection etc are

available

Sample Finite Element Models

Apply Loads and Obtain the Solution

In this step you use the SOLUTION processor to define the analysis type and analysis

options apply loads specify load step options and initiate the finite element solution You also

can apply loads using the PREP7 preprocessor

1 Defining the Analysis Type and Analysis Options

You choose the analysis type based on the loading conditions and the response you wish to

calculate For example if natural frequencies and mode shapes are to be calculated you would

choose a modal analysis You can perform the following analysis types in the ANSYS program

static (or steady-state) transient harmonic modal spectrum buckling and substructuring

Not all analysis types are valid for all disciplines Modal analysis for example is not valid

for a thermal model The analysis guide manuals in the ANSYS documentation set describe the

analysis types available for each discipline and the procedures to do those analyses

Analysis options allow you to customize the analysis type Typical analysis options are the

method of solution stress stiffening on or off and Newton-Raphson options

2 Applying Loads

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 4

The word loads as used in ANSYS documentation includes boundary conditions (constraints

supports or boundary field specifications) as well as other externally and internally applied loads

Loads in the ANSYS program are divided into six categories

DOF Constraints

Forces

Surface Loads

Body Loads

Inertia Loads

Coupled-field Loads

You can apply most of these loads either on the solid model (keypoints lines and areas) or

the finite element model (nodes and elements)

3 Specifying Load Step Options

Load step options are options that you can change from load step to load step such as

number of substeps time at the end of a load step and output controls Depending on the type of

analysis you are doing load step options may or may not be required The analysis procedures in

the analysis guide manuals describe the appropriate load step options as necessary

4 Initiating the Solution

To initiate solution calculations use either of the following

Command(s) SOLVE

GUI Main Menugt Solutiongt Solvegt Current LS

Main Menugt Solutiongt solution_method

When you issue this command the ANSYS program takes model and loading information from

the database and calculates the results Results are written to the results file (JobnameRST

JobnameRTH JobnameRMG or JobnameRFL) and also to the database The only difference is

that only one set of results can reside in the database at one time while you can write all sets of

results (for all substeps) to the results file

Review the Results

Once the solution has been calculated you can use the ANSYS postprocessors to review

the results Two postprocessors are available POST1 and POST26

You use POST1 the general postprocessor to review results at one substep (time step) over the

entire model or selected portion of the model The command to enter POST1 is POST1 (Main

Menugt General Postproc) valid only at the Begin level You can obtain contour displays

deformed shapes and tabular listings to review and interpret the results of the analysis POST1

offers many other capabilities including error estimation load case combinations calculations

among results data and path operations

You use POST26 the time history postprocessor to review results at specific points in the

model over all time steps The command to enter POST26 is POST26 (Main Menugt TimeHist

Postpro) valid only at the Begin level You can obtain graph plots of results data versus time (or

frequency) and tabular listings Other POST26 capabilities include arithmetic calculations and

complex algebra

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 4

The word loads as used in ANSYS documentation includes boundary conditions (constraints

supports or boundary field specifications) as well as other externally and internally applied loads

Loads in the ANSYS program are divided into six categories

DOF Constraints

Forces

Surface Loads

Body Loads

Inertia Loads

Coupled-field Loads

You can apply most of these loads either on the solid model (keypoints lines and areas) or

the finite element model (nodes and elements)

3 Specifying Load Step Options

Load step options are options that you can change from load step to load step such as

number of substeps time at the end of a load step and output controls Depending on the type of

analysis you are doing load step options may or may not be required The analysis procedures in

the analysis guide manuals describe the appropriate load step options as necessary

4 Initiating the Solution

To initiate solution calculations use either of the following

Command(s) SOLVE

GUI Main Menugt Solutiongt Solvegt Current LS

Main Menugt Solutiongt solution_method

When you issue this command the ANSYS program takes model and loading information from

the database and calculates the results Results are written to the results file (JobnameRST

JobnameRTH JobnameRMG or JobnameRFL) and also to the database The only difference is

that only one set of results can reside in the database at one time while you can write all sets of

results (for all substeps) to the results file

Review the Results

Once the solution has been calculated you can use the ANSYS postprocessors to review

the results Two postprocessors are available POST1 and POST26

You use POST1 the general postprocessor to review results at one substep (time step) over the

entire model or selected portion of the model The command to enter POST1 is POST1 (Main

Menugt General Postproc) valid only at the Begin level You can obtain contour displays

deformed shapes and tabular listings to review and interpret the results of the analysis POST1

offers many other capabilities including error estimation load case combinations calculations

among results data and path operations

You use POST26 the time history postprocessor to review results at specific points in the

model over all time steps The command to enter POST26 is POST26 (Main Menugt TimeHist

Postpro) valid only at the Begin level You can obtain graph plots of results data versus time (or

frequency) and tabular listings Other POST26 capabilities include arithmetic calculations and

complex algebra

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 5

Result

Thus the basic steps to perform the analysis in ANSYS like

Build the model

Apply loads and obtain the solution

Review the results

are studied

STRESS ANALYSIS OF A PLATE WITH CIRCULAR HOLE

Ex No 02

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis in a plate with a circular hole using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid 8 node 82 ndash Ok ndash Option

ndash Choose Plane stress wthk - Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok - Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5

PRXY 03 - Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas ndash Rectangle - by 2 corner - X=0 Y=0 Width=100

Height=50 - Ok Circle - Solid circle - X=50 Y=25 Radius=10 - Ok Operate ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 6

Booleans ndash Subtract ndash Areas - Select the larger area (rectangle) ndash Ok ndash Ok - Select

Circle ndash Next ndashOk - Ok

6 Meshing - Mesh Tool ndash Area ndash Set - Select the object ndash Ok - Element edge length

2345 ndash Ok - Mesh Tool -Select TRI or QUAD - FreeMapped ndash Mesh - Select the object

- Ok

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines - Select the

boundary where is going to be arrested ndash Ok - All DOF - Ok

Pressure - On lines - Select the load applying area ndash Ok - Load PRES valve = 1 Nmm2-

Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 7

Youngrsquos Modulus = 200 GPa

Poissonrsquos Ratio = 03

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 8

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 9

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular plate with a circular hole is done by using the

ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR L BRACKET

Ex No 03

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis of a rectangular L section bracket using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid 8 node 82 ndash Ok ndash Option

ndash Choose Planestress wthk - Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 10

4 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5

PRXY 03 - Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 6 key points to form the rectangular L-bracket Lines ndash lines - Straight line -

Connect all key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines - Select all lines - ok

Lines - Line fillet - Select the two lines where the fillet is going to be formed ndash Ok ndash enter

the Fillet radius=10- Ok Areas ndash Arbitrary - through KPs - Select the key points of the

fillet - Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the areas to be add (L Shape amp fillet

area) - ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle - Enter the co-ordinates radius of the

circles at the two ends(semicircles) -Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the

areas to be add (L Shape amp two circles) - Ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle ndash Enter

the coordinates radius of the two circles which are mentioned as holes - Ok Operate ndash

Booleans ndash Subtract ndash Areas - Select the area of rectangle ndash Ok - Select the two circles -

Ok

5 Meshing - Mesh Tool ndash Area ndash Set - Select the object ndash Ok - Element edge length

2345 ndash Ok - Mesh Tool -Select TRI or QUAD - FreeMapped ndash Mesh - Select the

object - Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines - Select the

boundary where is goingto be arrested ndash Ok - All DOF - OkPressure - On lines - Select

the load applying area ndash Ok - Load PRES valve = -10000 N (- Sign indicates

thedirection of the force ie downwards) ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc - Plot Result - Contour plot - Nodal Solution ndash Stress - Von mises

stress - Ok

TO VIEW THE ANIMATION

10 Plot control ndash Animates - Mode Shape ndash Stress - Von mises - Ok

11 Plot control ndash Animate - Save Animation - Select the proper location to save the file (E

drive-user) - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 11

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 12

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 13

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular L section bracket is done by using the ANSYS

Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF BEAM

Ex No 04

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis in a beam using ANSYS software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 14

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Options ndash

Ok - Close

3 Sections ndash beam ndash Common sections ndash Select the correct section of the beam and input the

of ldquow1 w2w3rdquo and ldquot1 t2 t3rdquo ndash Preview ndash Note down the values of area Iyy

4 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Enter the values of area=5500 Izz=0133e8

height=3 ndash Ok -Close

5 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5 PRXY

03 - Ok

6 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash In active CS ndash Enter the values of CS of each key points ndash

Apply ndash Ok Lines ndash Lines ndash Straight line ndash Pick the all points ndash Ok

7 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size cntrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

8 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size contrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

SOLUTION

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 15

9 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On key points ndash Select

the 1st key point ndash ALL DOF ndash Ok On key points ndash select the 2nd key pointndash UY ndash

Ok ForceMoment ndash On key points ndash Select the key point ndash Ok ndash direction of

forcemoment FY Value = -1000 (- sign indicates the direction of the force) ndash Ok

10 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

11 General post proc ndash Element table ndash Define table ndash Add ndash By sequence num ndash

SMISC6 ndash Ok ndash SMISC12 ndashOk ndash LS2 ndash Ok ndash LS3 - Ok ndash Close Plot results ndash

Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Y component of displacement ndash Ok

Contour plot ndash Line element Res ndash Node I SMIS 6 Node J SMIS 12 ndash Ok Contour plot

ndash Line element Res ndash Node I LS 2 Node J LS 3 ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 6

Booleans ndash Subtract ndash Areas - Select the larger area (rectangle) ndash Ok ndash Ok - Select

Circle ndash Next ndashOk - Ok

6 Meshing - Mesh Tool ndash Area ndash Set - Select the object ndash Ok - Element edge length

2345 ndash Ok - Mesh Tool -Select TRI or QUAD - FreeMapped ndash Mesh - Select the object

- Ok

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines - Select the

boundary where is going to be arrested ndash Ok - All DOF - Ok

Pressure - On lines - Select the load applying area ndash Ok - Load PRES valve = 1 Nmm2-

Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 7

Youngrsquos Modulus = 200 GPa

Poissonrsquos Ratio = 03

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 8

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 9

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular plate with a circular hole is done by using the

ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR L BRACKET

Ex No 03

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis of a rectangular L section bracket using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid 8 node 82 ndash Ok ndash Option

ndash Choose Planestress wthk - Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 10

4 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5

PRXY 03 - Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 6 key points to form the rectangular L-bracket Lines ndash lines - Straight line -

Connect all key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines - Select all lines - ok

Lines - Line fillet - Select the two lines where the fillet is going to be formed ndash Ok ndash enter

the Fillet radius=10- Ok Areas ndash Arbitrary - through KPs - Select the key points of the

fillet - Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the areas to be add (L Shape amp fillet

area) - ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle - Enter the co-ordinates radius of the

circles at the two ends(semicircles) -Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the

areas to be add (L Shape amp two circles) - Ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle ndash Enter

the coordinates radius of the two circles which are mentioned as holes - Ok Operate ndash

Booleans ndash Subtract ndash Areas - Select the area of rectangle ndash Ok - Select the two circles -

Ok

5 Meshing - Mesh Tool ndash Area ndash Set - Select the object ndash Ok - Element edge length

2345 ndash Ok - Mesh Tool -Select TRI or QUAD - FreeMapped ndash Mesh - Select the

object - Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines - Select the

boundary where is goingto be arrested ndash Ok - All DOF - OkPressure - On lines - Select

the load applying area ndash Ok - Load PRES valve = -10000 N (- Sign indicates

thedirection of the force ie downwards) ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc - Plot Result - Contour plot - Nodal Solution ndash Stress - Von mises

stress - Ok

TO VIEW THE ANIMATION

10 Plot control ndash Animates - Mode Shape ndash Stress - Von mises - Ok

11 Plot control ndash Animate - Save Animation - Select the proper location to save the file (E

drive-user) - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 11

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 12

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 13

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular L section bracket is done by using the ANSYS

Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF BEAM

Ex No 04

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis in a beam using ANSYS software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 14

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Options ndash

Ok - Close

3 Sections ndash beam ndash Common sections ndash Select the correct section of the beam and input the

of ldquow1 w2w3rdquo and ldquot1 t2 t3rdquo ndash Preview ndash Note down the values of area Iyy

4 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Enter the values of area=5500 Izz=0133e8

height=3 ndash Ok -Close

5 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5 PRXY

03 - Ok

6 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash In active CS ndash Enter the values of CS of each key points ndash

Apply ndash Ok Lines ndash Lines ndash Straight line ndash Pick the all points ndash Ok

7 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size cntrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

8 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size contrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

SOLUTION

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 15

9 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On key points ndash Select

the 1st key point ndash ALL DOF ndash Ok On key points ndash select the 2nd key pointndash UY ndash

Ok ForceMoment ndash On key points ndash Select the key point ndash Ok ndash direction of

forcemoment FY Value = -1000 (- sign indicates the direction of the force) ndash Ok

10 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

11 General post proc ndash Element table ndash Define table ndash Add ndash By sequence num ndash

SMISC6 ndash Ok ndash SMISC12 ndashOk ndash LS2 ndash Ok ndash LS3 - Ok ndash Close Plot results ndash

Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Y component of displacement ndash Ok

Contour plot ndash Line element Res ndash Node I SMIS 6 Node J SMIS 12 ndash Ok Contour plot

ndash Line element Res ndash Node I LS 2 Node J LS 3 ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 7

Youngrsquos Modulus = 200 GPa

Poissonrsquos Ratio = 03

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 8

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 9

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular plate with a circular hole is done by using the

ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR L BRACKET

Ex No 03

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis of a rectangular L section bracket using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid 8 node 82 ndash Ok ndash Option

ndash Choose Planestress wthk - Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 10

4 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5

PRXY 03 - Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 6 key points to form the rectangular L-bracket Lines ndash lines - Straight line -

Connect all key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines - Select all lines - ok

Lines - Line fillet - Select the two lines where the fillet is going to be formed ndash Ok ndash enter

the Fillet radius=10- Ok Areas ndash Arbitrary - through KPs - Select the key points of the

fillet - Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the areas to be add (L Shape amp fillet

area) - ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle - Enter the co-ordinates radius of the

circles at the two ends(semicircles) -Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the

areas to be add (L Shape amp two circles) - Ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle ndash Enter

the coordinates radius of the two circles which are mentioned as holes - Ok Operate ndash

Booleans ndash Subtract ndash Areas - Select the area of rectangle ndash Ok - Select the two circles -

Ok

5 Meshing - Mesh Tool ndash Area ndash Set - Select the object ndash Ok - Element edge length

2345 ndash Ok - Mesh Tool -Select TRI or QUAD - FreeMapped ndash Mesh - Select the

object - Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines - Select the

boundary where is goingto be arrested ndash Ok - All DOF - OkPressure - On lines - Select

the load applying area ndash Ok - Load PRES valve = -10000 N (- Sign indicates

thedirection of the force ie downwards) ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc - Plot Result - Contour plot - Nodal Solution ndash Stress - Von mises

stress - Ok

TO VIEW THE ANIMATION

10 Plot control ndash Animates - Mode Shape ndash Stress - Von mises - Ok

11 Plot control ndash Animate - Save Animation - Select the proper location to save the file (E

drive-user) - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 11

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 12

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 13

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular L section bracket is done by using the ANSYS

Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF BEAM

Ex No 04

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis in a beam using ANSYS software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 14

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Options ndash

Ok - Close

3 Sections ndash beam ndash Common sections ndash Select the correct section of the beam and input the

of ldquow1 w2w3rdquo and ldquot1 t2 t3rdquo ndash Preview ndash Note down the values of area Iyy

4 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Enter the values of area=5500 Izz=0133e8

height=3 ndash Ok -Close

5 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5 PRXY

03 - Ok

6 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash In active CS ndash Enter the values of CS of each key points ndash

Apply ndash Ok Lines ndash Lines ndash Straight line ndash Pick the all points ndash Ok

7 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size cntrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

8 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size contrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

SOLUTION

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 15

9 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On key points ndash Select

the 1st key point ndash ALL DOF ndash Ok On key points ndash select the 2nd key pointndash UY ndash

Ok ForceMoment ndash On key points ndash Select the key point ndash Ok ndash direction of

forcemoment FY Value = -1000 (- sign indicates the direction of the force) ndash Ok

10 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

11 General post proc ndash Element table ndash Define table ndash Add ndash By sequence num ndash

SMISC6 ndash Ok ndash SMISC12 ndashOk ndash LS2 ndash Ok ndash LS3 - Ok ndash Close Plot results ndash

Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Y component of displacement ndash Ok

Contour plot ndash Line element Res ndash Node I SMIS 6 Node J SMIS 12 ndash Ok Contour plot

ndash Line element Res ndash Node I LS 2 Node J LS 3 ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 8

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 9

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular plate with a circular hole is done by using the

ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR L BRACKET

Ex No 03

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis of a rectangular L section bracket using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid 8 node 82 ndash Ok ndash Option

ndash Choose Planestress wthk - Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 10

4 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5

PRXY 03 - Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 6 key points to form the rectangular L-bracket Lines ndash lines - Straight line -

Connect all key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines - Select all lines - ok

Lines - Line fillet - Select the two lines where the fillet is going to be formed ndash Ok ndash enter

the Fillet radius=10- Ok Areas ndash Arbitrary - through KPs - Select the key points of the

fillet - Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the areas to be add (L Shape amp fillet

area) - ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle - Enter the co-ordinates radius of the

circles at the two ends(semicircles) -Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the

areas to be add (L Shape amp two circles) - Ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle ndash Enter

the coordinates radius of the two circles which are mentioned as holes - Ok Operate ndash

Booleans ndash Subtract ndash Areas - Select the area of rectangle ndash Ok - Select the two circles -

Ok

5 Meshing - Mesh Tool ndash Area ndash Set - Select the object ndash Ok - Element edge length

2345 ndash Ok - Mesh Tool -Select TRI or QUAD - FreeMapped ndash Mesh - Select the

object - Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines - Select the

boundary where is goingto be arrested ndash Ok - All DOF - OkPressure - On lines - Select

the load applying area ndash Ok - Load PRES valve = -10000 N (- Sign indicates

thedirection of the force ie downwards) ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc - Plot Result - Contour plot - Nodal Solution ndash Stress - Von mises

stress - Ok

TO VIEW THE ANIMATION

10 Plot control ndash Animates - Mode Shape ndash Stress - Von mises - Ok

11 Plot control ndash Animate - Save Animation - Select the proper location to save the file (E

drive-user) - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 11

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 12

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 13

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular L section bracket is done by using the ANSYS

Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF BEAM

Ex No 04

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis in a beam using ANSYS software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 14

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Options ndash

Ok - Close

3 Sections ndash beam ndash Common sections ndash Select the correct section of the beam and input the

of ldquow1 w2w3rdquo and ldquot1 t2 t3rdquo ndash Preview ndash Note down the values of area Iyy

4 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Enter the values of area=5500 Izz=0133e8

height=3 ndash Ok -Close

5 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5 PRXY

03 - Ok

6 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash In active CS ndash Enter the values of CS of each key points ndash

Apply ndash Ok Lines ndash Lines ndash Straight line ndash Pick the all points ndash Ok

7 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size cntrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

8 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size contrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

SOLUTION

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 15

9 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On key points ndash Select

the 1st key point ndash ALL DOF ndash Ok On key points ndash select the 2nd key pointndash UY ndash

Ok ForceMoment ndash On key points ndash Select the key point ndash Ok ndash direction of

forcemoment FY Value = -1000 (- sign indicates the direction of the force) ndash Ok

10 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

11 General post proc ndash Element table ndash Define table ndash Add ndash By sequence num ndash

SMISC6 ndash Ok ndash SMISC12 ndashOk ndash LS2 ndash Ok ndash LS3 - Ok ndash Close Plot results ndash

Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Y component of displacement ndash Ok

Contour plot ndash Line element Res ndash Node I SMIS 6 Node J SMIS 12 ndash Ok Contour plot

ndash Line element Res ndash Node I LS 2 Node J LS 3 ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 9

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular plate with a circular hole is done by using the

ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR L BRACKET

Ex No 03

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis of a rectangular L section bracket using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid 8 node 82 ndash Ok ndash Option

ndash Choose Planestress wthk - Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 10

4 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5

PRXY 03 - Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 6 key points to form the rectangular L-bracket Lines ndash lines - Straight line -

Connect all key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines - Select all lines - ok

Lines - Line fillet - Select the two lines where the fillet is going to be formed ndash Ok ndash enter

the Fillet radius=10- Ok Areas ndash Arbitrary - through KPs - Select the key points of the

fillet - Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the areas to be add (L Shape amp fillet

area) - ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle - Enter the co-ordinates radius of the

circles at the two ends(semicircles) -Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the

areas to be add (L Shape amp two circles) - Ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle ndash Enter

the coordinates radius of the two circles which are mentioned as holes - Ok Operate ndash

Booleans ndash Subtract ndash Areas - Select the area of rectangle ndash Ok - Select the two circles -

Ok

5 Meshing - Mesh Tool ndash Area ndash Set - Select the object ndash Ok - Element edge length

2345 ndash Ok - Mesh Tool -Select TRI or QUAD - FreeMapped ndash Mesh - Select the

object - Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines - Select the

boundary where is goingto be arrested ndash Ok - All DOF - OkPressure - On lines - Select

the load applying area ndash Ok - Load PRES valve = -10000 N (- Sign indicates

thedirection of the force ie downwards) ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc - Plot Result - Contour plot - Nodal Solution ndash Stress - Von mises

stress - Ok

TO VIEW THE ANIMATION

10 Plot control ndash Animates - Mode Shape ndash Stress - Von mises - Ok

11 Plot control ndash Animate - Save Animation - Select the proper location to save the file (E

drive-user) - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 11

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 12

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 13

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular L section bracket is done by using the ANSYS

Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF BEAM

Ex No 04

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis in a beam using ANSYS software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 14

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Options ndash

Ok - Close

3 Sections ndash beam ndash Common sections ndash Select the correct section of the beam and input the

of ldquow1 w2w3rdquo and ldquot1 t2 t3rdquo ndash Preview ndash Note down the values of area Iyy

4 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Enter the values of area=5500 Izz=0133e8

height=3 ndash Ok -Close

5 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5 PRXY

03 - Ok

6 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash In active CS ndash Enter the values of CS of each key points ndash

Apply ndash Ok Lines ndash Lines ndash Straight line ndash Pick the all points ndash Ok

7 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size cntrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

8 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size contrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

SOLUTION

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 15

9 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On key points ndash Select

the 1st key point ndash ALL DOF ndash Ok On key points ndash select the 2nd key pointndash UY ndash

Ok ForceMoment ndash On key points ndash Select the key point ndash Ok ndash direction of

forcemoment FY Value = -1000 (- sign indicates the direction of the force) ndash Ok

10 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

11 General post proc ndash Element table ndash Define table ndash Add ndash By sequence num ndash

SMISC6 ndash Ok ndash SMISC12 ndashOk ndash LS2 ndash Ok ndash LS3 - Ok ndash Close Plot results ndash

Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Y component of displacement ndash Ok

Contour plot ndash Line element Res ndash Node I SMIS 6 Node J SMIS 12 ndash Ok Contour plot

ndash Line element Res ndash Node I LS 2 Node J LS 3 ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 10

4 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5

PRXY 03 - Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 6 key points to form the rectangular L-bracket Lines ndash lines - Straight line -

Connect all key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines - Select all lines - ok

Lines - Line fillet - Select the two lines where the fillet is going to be formed ndash Ok ndash enter

the Fillet radius=10- Ok Areas ndash Arbitrary - through KPs - Select the key points of the

fillet - Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the areas to be add (L Shape amp fillet

area) - ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle - Enter the co-ordinates radius of the

circles at the two ends(semicircles) -Ok Operate ndash Booleans ndash Add ndash Areas - Select the

areas to be add (L Shape amp two circles) - Ok Create ndash Areas ndash Circle - Solid circle ndash Enter

the coordinates radius of the two circles which are mentioned as holes - Ok Operate ndash

Booleans ndash Subtract ndash Areas - Select the area of rectangle ndash Ok - Select the two circles -

Ok

5 Meshing - Mesh Tool ndash Area ndash Set - Select the object ndash Ok - Element edge length

2345 ndash Ok - Mesh Tool -Select TRI or QUAD - FreeMapped ndash Mesh - Select the

object - Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines - Select the

boundary where is goingto be arrested ndash Ok - All DOF - OkPressure - On lines - Select

the load applying area ndash Ok - Load PRES valve = -10000 N (- Sign indicates

thedirection of the force ie downwards) ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc - Plot Result - Contour plot - Nodal Solution ndash Stress - Von mises

stress - Ok

TO VIEW THE ANIMATION

10 Plot control ndash Animates - Mode Shape ndash Stress - Von mises - Ok

11 Plot control ndash Animate - Save Animation - Select the proper location to save the file (E

drive-user) - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 11

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 12

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 13

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular L section bracket is done by using the ANSYS

Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF BEAM

Ex No 04

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis in a beam using ANSYS software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 14

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Options ndash

Ok - Close

3 Sections ndash beam ndash Common sections ndash Select the correct section of the beam and input the

of ldquow1 w2w3rdquo and ldquot1 t2 t3rdquo ndash Preview ndash Note down the values of area Iyy

4 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Enter the values of area=5500 Izz=0133e8

height=3 ndash Ok -Close

5 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5 PRXY

03 - Ok

6 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash In active CS ndash Enter the values of CS of each key points ndash

Apply ndash Ok Lines ndash Lines ndash Straight line ndash Pick the all points ndash Ok

7 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size cntrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

8 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size contrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

SOLUTION

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 15

9 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On key points ndash Select

the 1st key point ndash ALL DOF ndash Ok On key points ndash select the 2nd key pointndash UY ndash

Ok ForceMoment ndash On key points ndash Select the key point ndash Ok ndash direction of

forcemoment FY Value = -1000 (- sign indicates the direction of the force) ndash Ok

10 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

11 General post proc ndash Element table ndash Define table ndash Add ndash By sequence num ndash

SMISC6 ndash Ok ndash SMISC12 ndashOk ndash LS2 ndash Ok ndash LS3 - Ok ndash Close Plot results ndash

Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Y component of displacement ndash Ok

Contour plot ndash Line element Res ndash Node I SMIS 6 Node J SMIS 12 ndash Ok Contour plot

ndash Line element Res ndash Node I LS 2 Node J LS 3 ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 11

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 12

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 13

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular L section bracket is done by using the ANSYS

Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF BEAM

Ex No 04

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis in a beam using ANSYS software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 14

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Options ndash

Ok - Close

3 Sections ndash beam ndash Common sections ndash Select the correct section of the beam and input the

of ldquow1 w2w3rdquo and ldquot1 t2 t3rdquo ndash Preview ndash Note down the values of area Iyy

4 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Enter the values of area=5500 Izz=0133e8

height=3 ndash Ok -Close

5 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5 PRXY

03 - Ok

6 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash In active CS ndash Enter the values of CS of each key points ndash

Apply ndash Ok Lines ndash Lines ndash Straight line ndash Pick the all points ndash Ok

7 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size cntrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

8 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size contrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

SOLUTION

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 15

9 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On key points ndash Select

the 1st key point ndash ALL DOF ndash Ok On key points ndash select the 2nd key pointndash UY ndash

Ok ForceMoment ndash On key points ndash Select the key point ndash Ok ndash direction of

forcemoment FY Value = -1000 (- sign indicates the direction of the force) ndash Ok

10 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

11 General post proc ndash Element table ndash Define table ndash Add ndash By sequence num ndash

SMISC6 ndash Ok ndash SMISC12 ndashOk ndash LS2 ndash Ok ndash LS3 - Ok ndash Close Plot results ndash

Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Y component of displacement ndash Ok

Contour plot ndash Line element Res ndash Node I SMIS 6 Node J SMIS 12 ndash Ok Contour plot

ndash Line element Res ndash Node I LS 2 Node J LS 3 ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 12

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 13

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular L section bracket is done by using the ANSYS

Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF BEAM

Ex No 04

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis in a beam using ANSYS software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 14

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Options ndash

Ok - Close

3 Sections ndash beam ndash Common sections ndash Select the correct section of the beam and input the

of ldquow1 w2w3rdquo and ldquot1 t2 t3rdquo ndash Preview ndash Note down the values of area Iyy

4 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Enter the values of area=5500 Izz=0133e8

height=3 ndash Ok -Close

5 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5 PRXY

03 - Ok

6 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash In active CS ndash Enter the values of CS of each key points ndash

Apply ndash Ok Lines ndash Lines ndash Straight line ndash Pick the all points ndash Ok

7 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size cntrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

8 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size contrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

SOLUTION

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 15

9 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On key points ndash Select

the 1st key point ndash ALL DOF ndash Ok On key points ndash select the 2nd key pointndash UY ndash

Ok ForceMoment ndash On key points ndash Select the key point ndash Ok ndash direction of

forcemoment FY Value = -1000 (- sign indicates the direction of the force) ndash Ok

10 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

11 General post proc ndash Element table ndash Define table ndash Add ndash By sequence num ndash

SMISC6 ndash Ok ndash SMISC12 ndashOk ndash LS2 ndash Ok ndash LS3 - Ok ndash Close Plot results ndash

Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Y component of displacement ndash Ok

Contour plot ndash Line element Res ndash Node I SMIS 6 Node J SMIS 12 ndash Ok Contour plot

ndash Line element Res ndash Node I LS 2 Node J LS 3 ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 13

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of rectangular L section bracket is done by using the ANSYS

Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF BEAM

Ex No 04

Date

AIM

To conduct the stress analysis in a beam using ANSYS software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 14

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Options ndash

Ok - Close

3 Sections ndash beam ndash Common sections ndash Select the correct section of the beam and input the

of ldquow1 w2w3rdquo and ldquot1 t2 t3rdquo ndash Preview ndash Note down the values of area Iyy

4 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Enter the values of area=5500 Izz=0133e8

height=3 ndash Ok -Close

5 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5 PRXY

03 - Ok

6 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash In active CS ndash Enter the values of CS of each key points ndash

Apply ndash Ok Lines ndash Lines ndash Straight line ndash Pick the all points ndash Ok

7 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size cntrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

8 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size contrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

SOLUTION

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 15

9 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On key points ndash Select

the 1st key point ndash ALL DOF ndash Ok On key points ndash select the 2nd key pointndash UY ndash

Ok ForceMoment ndash On key points ndash Select the key point ndash Ok ndash direction of

forcemoment FY Value = -1000 (- sign indicates the direction of the force) ndash Ok

10 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

11 General post proc ndash Element table ndash Define table ndash Add ndash By sequence num ndash

SMISC6 ndash Ok ndash SMISC12 ndashOk ndash LS2 ndash Ok ndash LS3 - Ok ndash Close Plot results ndash

Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Y component of displacement ndash Ok

Contour plot ndash Line element Res ndash Node I SMIS 6 Node J SMIS 12 ndash Ok Contour plot

ndash Line element Res ndash Node I LS 2 Node J LS 3 ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 14

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference - Structural- h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Options ndash

Ok - Close

3 Sections ndash beam ndash Common sections ndash Select the correct section of the beam and input the

of ldquow1 w2w3rdquo and ldquot1 t2 t3rdquo ndash Preview ndash Note down the values of area Iyy

4 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Enter the values of area=5500 Izz=0133e8

height=3 ndash Ok -Close

5 Material props - Material Models ndash Structural ndash Linear ndash Elastic ndash Isotropic - EX 2e5 PRXY

03 - Ok

6 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash In active CS ndash Enter the values of CS of each key points ndash

Apply ndash Ok Lines ndash Lines ndash Straight line ndash Pick the all points ndash Ok

7 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size cntrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

8 Meshing ndash Mesh attributes ndash All lines ndash Ok Meshing ndash Size contrls ndash Manual size ndash

Lines ndash All lines ndash Enter the value of element edge length [or] Number of element

divisions ndash Ok Mesh tool ndash Mesh ndash Pick all

SOLUTION

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 15

9 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On key points ndash Select

the 1st key point ndash ALL DOF ndash Ok On key points ndash select the 2nd key pointndash UY ndash

Ok ForceMoment ndash On key points ndash Select the key point ndash Ok ndash direction of

forcemoment FY Value = -1000 (- sign indicates the direction of the force) ndash Ok

10 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

11 General post proc ndash Element table ndash Define table ndash Add ndash By sequence num ndash

SMISC6 ndash Ok ndash SMISC12 ndashOk ndash LS2 ndash Ok ndash LS3 - Ok ndash Close Plot results ndash

Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Y component of displacement ndash Ok

Contour plot ndash Line element Res ndash Node I SMIS 6 Node J SMIS 12 ndash Ok Contour plot

ndash Line element Res ndash Node I LS 2 Node J LS 3 ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 15

9 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On key points ndash Select

the 1st key point ndash ALL DOF ndash Ok On key points ndash select the 2nd key pointndash UY ndash

Ok ForceMoment ndash On key points ndash Select the key point ndash Ok ndash direction of

forcemoment FY Value = -1000 (- sign indicates the direction of the force) ndash Ok

10 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

11 General post proc ndash Element table ndash Define table ndash Add ndash By sequence num ndash

SMISC6 ndash Ok ndash SMISC12 ndashOk ndash LS2 ndash Ok ndash LS3 - Ok ndash Close Plot results ndash

Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Y component of displacement ndash Ok

Contour plot ndash Line element Res ndash Node I SMIS 6 Node J SMIS 12 ndash Ok Contour plot

ndash Line element Res ndash Node I LS 2 Node J LS 3 ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 16

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 17

RESULT

Thus the stress analysis of a BEAM is done by using the ANSYS Software

MODE FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BEAM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 18

Ex No 05

Date

AIM

To conduct the Mode frequency analysis of beam using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash

Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash

Ok ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines

-lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash Ok Mesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Modal ndash Ok Analysis

type ndash Analysis options ndash Block Lanczos ndash enter the value no of modes to extract as 3

or 4 or 5 ndash Ok ndash End Frequency 10000 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 19

8 General post proc ndash Read results ndash First set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash Choose

Def+undeformed ndash OkRead results ndash Next set - Plot results ndash Deformed shape ndash

Choose Def+undeformed ndash Ok and so on

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 20

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 21

RESULT

Thus the mode frequency analysis of a beam is done by using the ANSYS Software

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 22

HARMONIC ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 06

Date

AIM

To conduct the harmonic analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Beam 2D elastic 3 ndash Ok ndash Close

2 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash Area 01e-3 Izz 0833e-9 Height 001 ndash Ok

ndash Close

3 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 206e9

PRXY 025 ndash Ok ndashDensity ndash DENS 7830 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points ndash Inactive CS ndash Enter the coordinate values - Ok Lines ndash

lines ndash Straight Line ndash Join the two key points ndash Ok

5 Meshing ndash Size Cntrls ndash manual size ndash lines ndash all lines ndash Enter the value of no of element

divisions 25 ndash OkMesh ndash Lines ndash Select the line ndash Ok

SOLUTION

6 Solution - Analysis type ndash New analysis ndash Harmonic ndash Ok Analysis type ndash Analysis

options ndash Full Real+ imaginary ndash Okndash Use the default settings ndash Ok

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On nodes ndash Select the

node point ndashOk ndash All DOF ndash Ok ForceMoment ndash On Nodes ndash select the node 2 ndash Ok ndash

Direction of forcemom FY Real part of forcemom -100 ndash Ok Load step Opts ndash

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 23

TimeFrequency ndash Freq and Substps ndash Enter the values of Harmonic freq range 1-100

Number of sub steps 100 Stepped ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 TimeHist postpro ndash Variable Viewer ndash Click ldquoAddrdquo icon ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF

Solution ndash Y-Component of displacement ndash Ok ndash Enter 2 ndash Ok Click ldquoList datardquo icon

and view the amplitude list Click ldquoGraphrdquo icon and view the graph To get a better

view of the response view the log scale of UY Plotctrls ndash Style ndash Graphs ndash Modify

axes ndash Select Y axis scale as Logarithmic ndash Ok Plot ndash Replot ndash Now we can see the

better view

FOR REPORT GENERATION

11 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

(Capture all images)

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 24

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 25

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 26

Thus the harmonic analysis of 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

STRESS ANALYSIS OF AN AXI ndash SYMMETRIC COMPONENT

EXNO7

Date

Aim

To obtain the stress distribution of an axisymmetric component The model will be that of a

closed tube made from steel Point loads will be applied at the centre of the top and bottom plate

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Utility Menu gt Change Job Name gt Enter Job Name

Utility Menu gt File gt Change Title gt Enter New Title

2 Preference gt Structural gt OK

3 Preprocessor gt Element type gt AddEdit delete gt solid 8node 183 gt optionsgt

axisymmetric

4 Preprocessor gt Material Properties gt Material Model gt Structural gt Linear gt

Elastic gt Isotropic gt EX = 2E5 PRXY = 03

5 PreprocessorgtModelinggtcreategtAreasgtRectanglegt By dimensions

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 27

Rectangle X1 X2 Y1 Y2

1 0 20 0 5

2 15 20 0 100

3 0 20 95 100

6 Preprocessor gt Modeling gt operate gt Booleans gt Add gt Areas gt pick all gt Ok

7 Preprocessor gt meshing gt mesh tool gt size control gt Areas gt Element edge

length = 2 mm gt Ok gt mesh gt Areas gt freegt pick all

8 Solution gt Analysis TypegtNew AnalysisgtStatic

9 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply Structural gt displacement gt symmetry BC gt

on lines (Pick the two edger on the left at X = 0)

10 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt select all

11 Utility menu gt select gt Entities gt by location gt Y = 50 gtok

(Select nodes and by location in the scroll down menus Click Y coordinates and

type 50 in to the input box)

12 Solution gt Define loads gt Apply gt Structural gt ForceMoment gt on key points

gt FY gt 100 gt Pick the top left corner of the area gt Ok

13 Solution gt Define Loads gt apply gt Structural gt Forcemoment gt on key points gt FY gt

-100 gt Pick the bottom left corner of the area gt ok

14 Solution gt Solve gt Current LS

15 Utility Menu gt select gt Entities

16 Select nodes gt by location gt Y coordinates and type 45 55 in the min max box as

shown below and click ok

17 General postprocessor gt List results gt Nodal solution gt stress gt components SCOMP

18 Utility menu gt plot controls gt style gt Symmetry expansion gt 2D Axisymmetric gt frac34

expansion

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 28

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 29

Result

Thus the stress distribution of the axi symmetric component is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 30

THERMAL STRESS ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 08

Date

AIM

To conduct the thermal c analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 42 ndash Ok ndash

Options ndash plane strswthk ndash Ok ndash Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 100 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashStructural ndash Linear ndash Elastic - Isotropic ndash EX 2e5 PRXY

03 ndash Ok ndashThermal expansion ndash Secant coefficient ndash Isotropic ndash ALPX 12e-6 ndash Ok

4 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

height width - Ok

5 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 10 - Ok ndash

Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 31

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Structural ndash Displacement - On lines ndash Select the

boundary on the object ndashOk ndash Temperature ndash Uniform Temp ndash Enter the temp Value 50 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

9 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash Stress ndash 1st principal

stress ndash Ok ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Displacement vector sum - Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

10 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 32

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 33

RESULT

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 34

Thus the thermal stress analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS Software

CONDUCTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 09

Date

AIM

To conduct the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash Thermal - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close ndash Options ndash plane thickness ndash Ok

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok ndash THK 05 ndash Ok ndash Close

4 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 10 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Areas - Rectangle ndash by 2 corners ndash Enter the coordinate values

width - Ok

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Tri free - mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 35

SOLUTION

6 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the right and

left side of the object ndashOk ndash Temp Value 100 ndash On lines ndash select the top and bottom of the

object ndash Ok ndashTemp 500 ndash Ok

7 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash Solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

8 General post proc ndash Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal

Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

9 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 36

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 37

RESULT

Thus the conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS is studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 38

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF A 2D COMPONENT

Ex No 10

Date

AIM

To conduct the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component by using ANSYS

software

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Ram 2 GB

Processor Core 2 Quad Core 2 Duo

Operating system Window XP Service Pack 3

Software ANSYS (Version120121)

PROCEDURE

The three main steps to be involved are

1 Pre Processing

2 Solution

3 Post Processing

Start - All Programs ndash ANSYS 120121 - Mechanical APDL Product Launcher ndash Set the

Working Directory as E Drive User - Job Name as Roll No Ex No ndash Click Run

PREPROCESSING

1 Preference ndash structural - h-Method - Ok

2 Preprocessor - Element type - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Solid Quad 4 node 55 ndash Ok ndash

Close

3 Real constants - AddEditDelete ndash Add ndash Ok

3 Material props - Material Models ndashThermal ndash Conductivity ndash Isotropic ndash KXX 16 ndash Ok

5 Modeling ndash Create ndash Key points - In active CS ndash enter the key point number and X Y Z

location for 8 key points to form the shape as mentioned in the drawing Lines ndash lines -

Straight line - Connect all the key points to form as lines Areas ndash Arbitrary - by lines -

Select all lines - ok [We can create full object (or) semi-object if it is a symmetrical shape]

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 39

6 Meshing ndash Mesh tool ndash Areas set ndash select the object ndash Ok ndash Element edge length 005 -

Ok ndash Mesh tool- Trifree mesh ndash Select the object ndashOk

SOLUTION

7 Solution ndash Define Loads ndash Apply ndash Thermal ndash Temperature - On lines ndash Select the lines

ndashOk ndash Temp Value 300 ndash Ok ndash Convection ndash On lines ndash select the appropriate line ndash Ok ndash

Enter the values of film coefficient 50 bulk temperature 40 ndash Ok

8 Solve ndash Current LS ndash Ok ndash solution is done ndash Close

POST PROCESSING

10 General post proc ndash List results ndash Nodal Solution ndash DOF Solution ndash Nodal temperature ndash

Ok

11 Plot results ndash Contour plot ndash Nodal solution ndash DOF solution ndash Nodal Temperature ndash Ok

FOR REPORT GENERATION

12 File ndash Report Generator ndash Choose Append ndash OK ndash Image Capture ndash Ok - Close

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 40

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 41

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 42

RESULT

Thus the convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component is done by using the ANSYS

Software

Introduction to MATLAB

EX 11

Date

Aim

To Study the capabilities of MatLab Software

Introduction

The MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing integrates

computation visualization and programming in an easy-to-use environment where problems and

solutions are expressed in familiar mathematical

notation Typical uses include

bull Math and computation

bull Algorithm development

bull Data acquisition

bull Modeling simulation and prototyping

bull Data analysis exploration and visualization

bull Scientific and engineering graphics

bull Application development

Including graphical user interface building MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data

element is an array that does not require dimensioning It allows you to solve many technical

computing problems especially those with matrix and vector formulations in a fraction of the time

it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive language such as C or FORTRAN

The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory MATLAB was originally written to provide

easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK and EISPACK projects Today

MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK and BLAS libraries embedding the state of the art in

software for matrix computation

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 43

SIMULINK INTRODUCTION

Simulink is a graphical extension to MATLAB for modeling and simulation of systems In

Simulink systems are drawn on screen as block diagrams Many elements of block diagrams are

available such as transfer functions summing junctions etc as well as virtual input and output

devices such as function generators and oscilloscopes Simulink is integrated with MATLAB and

data can be easily transferred between the programs In these tutorials we will apply Simulink to

the examples from the MATLAB tutorials to model the systems build controllers and simulate the

systems Simulink is supported on Unix Macintosh and Windows environments and is included

in the student version of MATLAB for personal computers

The idea behind these tutorials is that you can view them in one window while running Simulink in

another window System model files can be downloaded from the tutorials and opened in

Simulink You will modify and extend these system while learning to use Simulink for system

modeling control and simulation Do not confuse the windows icons and menus in the tutorials

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 44

for your actual Simulink windows Most images in these tutorials are not live - they simply display

what you should see in your own Simulink windows All Simulink operations should be done in

your Simulink windows

1 Starting Simulink

2 Model Files

3 Basic Elements

4 Running Simulations

5 Building Systems

Starting Simulink

Simulink is started from the MATLAB command prompt by entering the following command

gtgt Simulink

Alternatively you can hit the Simulink button at the top of the MATLAB window as shown

below

When it starts Simulink brings up the Simulink Library browser

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 45

Open the modeling window with New then Model from the File menu on the Simulink

Library Browser as shown above

This will bring up a new untitiled modeling window shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 46

Model Files

In Simulink a model is a collection of blocks which in general represents a system In addition to

drawing a model into a blank model window previously saved model files can be loaded either

from the File menu or from the MATLAB command prompt

You can open saved files in Simulink by entering the following command in the MATLAB

command window (Alternatively you can load a file using the Open option in the File menu in

Simulink or by hitting Ctrl+O in Simulink)

gtgt filename The following is an example model window

A new model can be created by selecting New from the File menu in any Simulink window (or by

hitting Ctrl+N)

Basic Elements

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 47

There are two major classes of items in Simulink blocks and lines Blocks are used to generate

modify combine output and display signals Lines are used to transfer signals from one block to

another

Blocks

There are several general classes of blocks

Continuous

Discontinuous

Discrete

Look-Up Tables

Math Operations

Model Verification

Model-Wide Utilities

Ports amp Subsystems

Signal Attributes

Signal Routing

Sinks Used to output or display signals

Sources Used to generate various signals

User-Defined Functions

Discrete Linear discrete-time system elements (transfer functions state-space models etc)

Linear Linear continuous-time system elements and connections (summing junctions gains

etc)

Nonlinear Nonlinear operators (arbitrary functions saturation delay etc)

Connections Multiplex Demultiplex System Macros etc

Blocks have zero to several input terminals and zero to several output terminals Unused input

terminals are indicated by a small open triangle Unused output terminals are indicated by a small

triangular point The block shown below has an unused input terminal on the left and an unused

output terminal on the right

Lines

Lines transmit signals in the direction indicated by the arrow Lines must always transmit signals

from the output terminal of one block to the input terminal of another block One exception to this

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 48

is a line can tap off of another line splitting the signal to each of two destination blocks as shown

below

Lines can never inject a signal into another line lines must be combined through the use of a block

such as a summing junction

A signal can be either a scalar signal or a vector signal For Single-Input Single-Output systems

scalar signals are generally used For Multi-Input Multi-Output systems vector signals are often

used consisting of two or more scalar signals The lines used to transmit scalar and vector signals

are identical The type of signal carried by a line is determined by the blocks on either end of the

line

Simple Example

The simple model (from the model files section) consists of three blocks Step Transfer Fcn and

Scope The Step is a source block from which a step input signal originates This signal is

transferred through the line in the direction indicated by the arrow to the Transfer Function linear

block The Transfer Function modifies its input signal and outputs a new signal on a line to the

Scope The Scope is a sink block used to display a signal much like an oscilloscope

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 49

There are many more types of blocks available in Simulink some of which will be discussed later

Right now we will examine just the three we have used in the simple model

Running Simulations

To run a simulation we will work with the following model file

simple2mdl

Download and open this file in Simulink following the previous instructions for this file You

should see the following model window

Before running a simulation of this system first open the scope window by double-clicking

on the scope block Then to start the simulation either select Start from the Simulation menu (as

shown below) or hit Ctrl-T in the model window

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 50

The simulation should run very quickly and the scope window will appear as shown below If it

doesnt just double click on the block labeled scope

Note that the simulation output (shown in yellow) is at a very low level relative to the axes of the

scope To fix this hit the autoscale button (binoculars) which will rescale the axes as shown

below

Note that the step response does not begin until t=1 This can be changed by double-

clicking on the step block Now we will change the parameters of the system and simulate the

system again Double-click on the Transfer Fcn block in the model window and change the

denominator to

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 51

[1 20 400]

Re-run the simulation (hit Ctrl-T) and you should see what appears as a

flat line in the scope window Hit the autoscale button and you should see the

following in the scope window

Notice that the autoscale button only changes the vertical axis Since the new transfer

function has a very fast response it compressed into a very narrow part of the scope window This

is not really a problem with the scope but with the simulation itself Simulink simulated the

system for a full ten seconds even though the system had reached steady state shortly after one

second

To correct this you need to change the parameters of the simulation itself In the model

window select Parameters from the Simulation menu You will see the following dialog box

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 52

There are many simulation parameter options we will only be concerned with the start and

stop times which tell Simulink over what time period to perform the simulation Change Start time

from 00 to 08 (since the step doesnt occur until t=10 Change Stop time from 100 to 20 which

should be only shortly after the system settles Close the dialog box and rerun the simulation

After hitting the autoscale button the scope window should provide a much better display

of the step response as shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 53

Result

Thus the features of MATLAB are studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 50

The simulation should run very quickly and the scope window will appear as shown below If it

doesnt just double click on the block labeled scope

Note that the simulation output (shown in yellow) is at a very low level relative to the axes of the

scope To fix this hit the autoscale button (binoculars) which will rescale the axes as shown

below

Note that the step response does not begin until t=1 This can be changed by double-

clicking on the step block Now we will change the parameters of the system and simulate the

system again Double-click on the Transfer Fcn block in the model window and change the

denominator to

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 51

[1 20 400]

Re-run the simulation (hit Ctrl-T) and you should see what appears as a

flat line in the scope window Hit the autoscale button and you should see the

following in the scope window

Notice that the autoscale button only changes the vertical axis Since the new transfer

function has a very fast response it compressed into a very narrow part of the scope window This

is not really a problem with the scope but with the simulation itself Simulink simulated the

system for a full ten seconds even though the system had reached steady state shortly after one

second

To correct this you need to change the parameters of the simulation itself In the model

window select Parameters from the Simulation menu You will see the following dialog box

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 52

There are many simulation parameter options we will only be concerned with the start and

stop times which tell Simulink over what time period to perform the simulation Change Start time

from 00 to 08 (since the step doesnt occur until t=10 Change Stop time from 100 to 20 which

should be only shortly after the system settles Close the dialog box and rerun the simulation

After hitting the autoscale button the scope window should provide a much better display

of the step response as shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 53

Result

Thus the features of MATLAB are studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 51

[1 20 400]

Re-run the simulation (hit Ctrl-T) and you should see what appears as a

flat line in the scope window Hit the autoscale button and you should see the

following in the scope window

Notice that the autoscale button only changes the vertical axis Since the new transfer

function has a very fast response it compressed into a very narrow part of the scope window This

is not really a problem with the scope but with the simulation itself Simulink simulated the

system for a full ten seconds even though the system had reached steady state shortly after one

second

To correct this you need to change the parameters of the simulation itself In the model

window select Parameters from the Simulation menu You will see the following dialog box

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 52

There are many simulation parameter options we will only be concerned with the start and

stop times which tell Simulink over what time period to perform the simulation Change Start time

from 00 to 08 (since the step doesnt occur until t=10 Change Stop time from 100 to 20 which

should be only shortly after the system settles Close the dialog box and rerun the simulation

After hitting the autoscale button the scope window should provide a much better display

of the step response as shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 53

Result

Thus the features of MATLAB are studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 52

There are many simulation parameter options we will only be concerned with the start and

stop times which tell Simulink over what time period to perform the simulation Change Start time

from 00 to 08 (since the step doesnt occur until t=10 Change Stop time from 100 to 20 which

should be only shortly after the system settles Close the dialog box and rerun the simulation

After hitting the autoscale button the scope window should provide a much better display

of the step response as shown below

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 53

Result

Thus the features of MATLAB are studied

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM

WWWVIDYARTHIPLUSCOM 53

Result

Thus the features of MATLAB are studied